blob: 97f520d86f84686d1de987eb3aac5322671b8f55 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000772/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
773static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000774 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000775 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
776
777 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000778
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
781
782 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
783 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
784 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
785 }
786
787 return false;
788}
789
790enum IMAKind {
791 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
792 IMA_Static,
793
794 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
795 IMA_Mixed,
796
797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
798 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
799 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
802 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
803 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
804
805 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
806 IMA_Instance,
807
808 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
809 IMA_Unresolved,
810
811 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
812 /// context is not an instance method.
813 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
814
815 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
816 /// non-class context.
817 IMA_AnonymousMember,
818
819 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
820 /// context is not an instance method.
821 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
822
823 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
824 /// class.
825 IMA_Error_Unrelated
826};
827
828/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
829/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
830/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
831/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
832/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
833/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
834static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
835 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000836 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000837
838 bool isStaticContext =
839 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
840 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
841
842 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
843 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
844
845 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
846 bool hasNonInstance = false;
847 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
848 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
849 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
850 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
851 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
852
853 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
854 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
855 // that's a special case.
856 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
857 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
858 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
859 }
860 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
861 }
862 else
863 hasNonInstance = true;
864 }
865
866 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
867 // member reference.
868 if (Classes.empty())
869 return IMA_Static;
870
871 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
872 // an implicit member reference.
873 if (isStaticContext)
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
875
876 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
877 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
878 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
879 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
880 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
881 Classes))
882 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
883
884 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
885}
886
887/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
888static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
890 const LookupResult &R) {
891 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
892 SourceRange Range(Loc);
893 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
894
895 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
896 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
897 if (MD->isStatic()) {
898 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
899 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
900 << Range << R.getLookupName();
901 return;
902 }
903 }
904
905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
906 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
907 return;
908 }
909
910 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000911}
912
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000913/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
914///
915/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 LookupResult &R) {
918 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
919
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000920 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000921 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
923 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000924 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000926 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
927 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000928
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000929 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
930 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
931 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
932 // dependent name.
933 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
934 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
936 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
937
938 if (!R.empty()) {
939 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
940 R.suppressDiagnostics();
941
942 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
943 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
944 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
945 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
946
947 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
948 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
949 // Actually quite difficult!
950 if (isInstance)
951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
953 "this->");
954 else
955 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
956
957 // Do we really want to note all of these?
958 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
959 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
960
961 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
962 return false;
963 }
964 }
965 }
966
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000967 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000968 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
969 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 if (SS.isEmpty())
971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000973 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000974 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000975 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
977 << SS.getRange()
978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000979 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000980 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
981 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
982 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000983
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000984 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
985 return false;
986 }
987
988 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
989 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
990 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
991 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
992 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
993 // to recover well anyway.
994 if (SS.isEmpty())
995 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000996 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000997 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
998 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
999 << SS.getRange();
1000
1001 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1002 return true;
1003 }
1004
1005 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001006 }
1007
1008 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1009 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1010 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1012 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1013 << SS.getRange();
1014 return true;
1015 }
1016
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001017 // Give up, we can't recover.
1018 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1019 return true;
1020}
1021
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1023 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1024 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1025 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1026 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1027 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1028 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1029
1030 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001031 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001032
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001033 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034
1035 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1036 DeclarationName Name;
1037 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001039 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1040 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001041
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001042 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1045 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001046 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1047 // (note: handled after lookup)
1048 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1049 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1050 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1052 // names a dependent type.
1053 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1054 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1056 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1057 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001059 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 TemplateArgs);
1061 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001062
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001063 // Perform the required lookup.
1064 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1065 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001067 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001068 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1073 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001074 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1075 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (E.isInvalid())
1077 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001078
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1080 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001081 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001082 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001083
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001084 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1085 return ExprError();
1086
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001087 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1088 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001092 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001093 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1094 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1095 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1096 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1097 }
1098
1099 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1100 // call, diagnose the problem.
1101 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001102 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001103 return ExprError();
1104
1105 assert(!R.empty() &&
1106 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001107
1108 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1109 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001110 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001111 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1112 R.clear();
1113 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1114 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1115 return move(E);
1116 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001117 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001118 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1121 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1122
1123 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 // Warn about constructs like:
1125 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1126 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001128 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1129 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001130 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001134 << Var->getDeclName()
1135 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1136 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 break;
1138 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001140 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1141 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 }
1143 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001144 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1146 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1147 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1148 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1149 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1150 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001152 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001153
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 QualType T = Func->getType();
1155 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001157 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 }
1160 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001161
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001162 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1163 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1164 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1165 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1166 // class member access expression.
1167 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1168 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001169 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001170 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001171 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1172 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001173 }
1174
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 if (TemplateArgs)
1176 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001177
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001178 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1179}
1180
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001181/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1182Sema::OwningExprResult
1183Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1184 LookupResult &R,
1185 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1186 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1187 case IMA_Instance:
1188 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1189
1190 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1191 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1192 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1193 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1194
1195 case IMA_Mixed:
1196 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1197 case IMA_Unresolved:
1198 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1199
1200 case IMA_Static:
1201 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1202 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1203 if (TemplateArgs)
1204 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1205 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1206
1207 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1208 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1209 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
1212
1213 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1214 return ExprError();
1215}
1216
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001217/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1218/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1219/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1220/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001221Sema::OwningExprResult
1222Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1223 DeclarationName Name,
1224 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1225 DeclContext *DC;
1226 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1227 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1228 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1229 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1230
1231 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1232 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1233
1234 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1235 return ExprError();
1236
1237 if (R.empty()) {
1238 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1239 return ExprError();
1240 }
1241
1242 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1243}
1244
1245/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1246/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1247/// additional lookup.
1248///
1249/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1250/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1251///
1252/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1253Sema::OwningExprResult
1254Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001255 IdentifierInfo *II,
1256 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001257 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1258
1259 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1260 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1261 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1262 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1263 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1264
1265 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1266 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1267 // ivar, that's an error.
1268 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1269
1270 bool LookForIvars;
1271 if (Lookup.empty())
1272 LookForIvars = true;
1273 else if (IsClassMethod)
1274 LookForIvars = false;
1275 else
1276 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1277 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001279 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001280 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1283 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1284 if (IsClassMethod)
1285 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1286 << IV->getDeclName());
1287
1288 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1289 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1290 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1291 return ExprError();
1292
1293 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1294 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1295 return ExprError();
1296
1297 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1299 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1300 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1301
1302 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1303 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1304 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1305 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001306 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001307 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1308 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1309 SelfName, false, false);
1310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1311 return Owned(new (Context)
1312 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1313 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1314 }
1315 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1316 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1319 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1320 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1321 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1327 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1328 QualType T;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001329
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001330 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1332 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1333 else
1334 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1336 }
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001337 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1338 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1339 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1340 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1341 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1342 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1343 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1344 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1345 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1346 }
1347 }
1348 }
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001349 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5db52812010-02-09 21:49:50 +00001350 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II);
1351 if (Ivar)
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001352 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001353 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001354 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1355 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001356}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001357
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001358/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001359bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1361 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1362 NamedDecl *Member) {
1363 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1364 if (!RD)
1365 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001366
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001367 QualType DestRecordType;
1368 QualType DestType;
1369 QualType FromRecordType;
1370 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1371 bool PointerConversions = false;
1372 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1373 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001374
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001375 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1376 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1377 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1378 PointerConversions = true;
1379 } else {
1380 DestType = DestRecordType;
1381 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001382 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1384 if (Method->isStatic())
1385 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001386
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001387 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1388 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001389
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001390 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1391 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1392 PointerConversions = true;
1393 } else {
1394 FromRecordType = FromType;
1395 DestType = DestRecordType;
1396 }
1397 } else {
1398 // No conversion necessary.
1399 return false;
1400 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001401
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001402 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1403 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001404
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001405 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1406 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1407 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001408
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001409 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001410 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001411 // class name.
1412 //
1413 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1414 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1415 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1416 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1417 //
1418 // class Base { public: int x; };
1419 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1420 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1421 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1422 //
1423 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1424 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1425 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1426 // }
1427 QualType IntermediateRecordType;
1428 QualType IntermediateType;
1429 if (Qualifier) {
1430 if (const RecordType *IntermediateRecord
1431 = Qualifier->getAsType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1432 IntermediateRecordType = QualType(IntermediateRecord, 0);
1433 IntermediateType = IntermediateRecordType;
1434 if (PointerConversions)
1435 IntermediateType = Context.getPointerType(IntermediateType);
1436 }
1437 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001438
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001439 if (!IntermediateType.isNull() &&
1440 IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType) &&
1441 IsDerivedFrom(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType)) {
1442 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType,
1443 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1444 From->getSourceRange()) ||
1445 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType,
1446 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1447 From->getSourceRange()))
1448 return true;
1449
1450 ImpCastExprToType(From, IntermediateType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001451 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001452 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1453 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
1454 return false;
1455 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001456
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001457 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1458 DestRecordType,
1459 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1460 From->getSourceRange()))
1461 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001462
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001463 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1464 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001465 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001466}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001467
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001468/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001470 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001471 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1472 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1473 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1474 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001475 if (SS.isSet()) {
1476 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1477 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001478 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001480 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1481 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001482}
1483
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001484/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1485/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1486/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1487/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001488Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001489Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1490 LookupResult &R,
1491 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1492 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001493 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1494
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001495 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001496
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001497 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1498 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001499 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001500 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001501 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001502 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001503 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001504
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001505 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1506 // 'this' expression now.
1507 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1508 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1509 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001510 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1511 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1512 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1513 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001514 }
1515
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001516 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1517 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1518 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001519 SS,
1520 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1521 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001522}
1523
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001524bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001525 const LookupResult &R,
1526 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001527 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1528 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1529 return false;
1530
1531 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001532 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001533 return false;
1534
1535 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001536 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001537 return false;
1538
1539 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1540 // normal lookup:
1541 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1542 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1543
1544 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1545 // -- a declaration of a class member
1546 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1547 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001548 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001549 return false;
1550
1551 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1552 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1553 // using-declaration
1554 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1555 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1556 // turn off ADL anyway).
1557 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1558 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1559 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1560 return false;
1561
1562 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1563 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1564 // template
1565 // And also for builtin functions.
1566 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1567 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1568
1569 // But also builtin functions.
1570 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1571 return false;
1572 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1573 return false;
1574 }
1575
1576 return true;
1577}
1578
1579
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001580/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1581/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1582/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1583/// will in fact be used.
1584static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1585 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1586 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1587 return true;
1588 }
1589
1590 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1591 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1592 return true;
1593 }
1594
1595 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1596 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1597 return true;
1598 }
1599
1600 return false;
1601}
1602
1603Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001604Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001605 LookupResult &R,
1606 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001607 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1608 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001609 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001610 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001611
1612 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1613 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1614 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001615 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1616 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001617 return ExprError();
1618
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001619 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1620 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1621 // we've picked a target.
1622 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1623
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001624 bool Dependent
1625 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001626 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001627 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001628 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1629 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001630 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1631 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001632 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001633
1634 return Owned(ULE);
1635}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001636
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001637
1638/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1639Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001640Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001641 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1642 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001643 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1644 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001645
1646 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1647 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001648
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001649 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1650 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1651 // a template argument list.
1652 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1653 << Template << SS.getRange();
1654 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1655 return ExprError();
1656 }
1657
1658 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1659 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1660 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001662 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001663 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001664 return ExprError();
1665 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001666
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001667 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1668 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1669 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1670 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001671 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001672 return ExprError();
1673
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001674 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1675 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001676 return ExprError();
1677
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001678 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1679 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1680 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1681 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001682 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001683 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1684 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1685 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001686 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001687 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001688 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1690 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1691 return ExprError();
1692 }
1693
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001694 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001695 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1696 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1697 return ExprError();
1698 }
1699
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001700 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001701 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001702 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001703 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001704 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001705 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1706 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001707 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001708
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001709 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001711 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001712 }
1713 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1714 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001715
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001716 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001717}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001718
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001719Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1720 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001721 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001722
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001723 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001724 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001725 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1726 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1727 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001728 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001729
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001730 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1731 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001733 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1734 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001735 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001736 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001737 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001738
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001739 QualType ResTy;
1740 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1741 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1742 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001743 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001744
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001745 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001746 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001747 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1748 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001749 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001750}
1751
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001752Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001753 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001754 bool Invalid = false;
1755 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1756 if (Invalid)
1757 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001758
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001759 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1760 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001761 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001762 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001763
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001764 QualType Ty;
1765 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1766 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1767 else if (Literal.isWide())
1768 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001769 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1770 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001771 else
1772 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001773
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001774 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1775 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001776 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001777}
1778
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001779Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1780 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001781 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1782 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001783 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001784 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001785 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001786 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001787 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001788
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001789 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001790 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1791 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001792 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001793
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001794 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001795 bool Invalid = false;
1796 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1797 if (Invalid)
1798 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001799
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001800 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001801 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001802 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001803 return ExprError();
1804
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001805 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001806
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001807 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001808 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001809 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001810 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001811 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001812 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001813 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001814 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001815
1816 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1817
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001818 using llvm::APFloat;
1819 APFloat Val(Format);
1820
1821 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001822
1823 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1824 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1825 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1826 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001827 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001828 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001829 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001830 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001831 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1832 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001833 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001834 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1835 }
1836
1837 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1838 << Ty
1839 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1840 }
1841
1842 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001843 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001844
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001845 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001846 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001847 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001848 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001849
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001850 // long long is a C99 feature.
1851 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001852 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001853 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1854
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001855 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001856 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001857
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001858 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1859 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1860 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001861 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1862 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001863 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001864 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001865 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1866 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001867
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001868 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1869 // be an unsigned int.
1870 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1871
1872 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001873 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001874 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1875 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001876 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001877
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001878 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1879 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1880 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1881 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001882 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001883 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001884 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001885 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001886 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001887 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001888
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001889 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001890 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001891 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001892
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001893 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1894 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1895 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1896 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001897 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001898 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001899 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001900 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001901 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001902 }
1903
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001904 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001905 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001906 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001907
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001908 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1909 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1910 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1911 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001912 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001913 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001914 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001915 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001916 }
1917 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001918
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001919 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1920 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001921 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001922 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001923 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001924 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001925 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001926
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001927 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1928 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001929 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001930 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001931 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001932
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001933 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1934 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001936 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001937
1938 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001939}
1940
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001941Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1942 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001943 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001944 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001945 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001946}
1947
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001948/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001949/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001950bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001951 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1952 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1953 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001954 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1955 return false;
1956
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001957 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1958 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1959 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1960 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1961 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1962 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1963
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001964 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001965 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001966 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001967 if (isSizeof)
1968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1969 return false;
1970 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001972 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001973 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1975 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001976 return false;
1977 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001978
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001979 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001980 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1981 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001982 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001984 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001985 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001987 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1988 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001989 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001991 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001992}
1993
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001994bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1995 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1996 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001997
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001999 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2000 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002001
2002 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2003 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2004 return false;
2005
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002006 if (E->getBitField()) {
2007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2008 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002009 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002010
2011 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2012 // bit-field.
2013 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002014 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002015 return false;
2016
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002017 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2018}
2019
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002020/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002022Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002023 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002024 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002025 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002026 return ExprError();
2027
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002028 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002029
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002030 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2031 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2032 return ExprError();
2033
2034 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002035 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002036 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2037 R.getEnd()));
2038}
2039
2040/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2041/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042Action::OwningExprResult
2043Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002044 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2045 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2046 bool isInvalid = false;
2047 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2048 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2049 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2050 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002051 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002052 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2053 isInvalid = true;
2054 } else {
2055 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2056 }
2057
2058 if (isInvalid)
2059 return ExprError();
2060
2061 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2062 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2063 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2064 R.getEnd()));
2065}
2066
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002067/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2068/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2069/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002070Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002071Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2072 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002073 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002074 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002075
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002076 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002077 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2078 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2079 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002081
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002082 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2083 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2084 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2085
2086 if (Result.isInvalid())
2087 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2088
2089 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002090}
2091
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002092QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002093 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2094 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002096 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002097 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002098 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002100 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2101 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2102 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002104 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002105 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2106 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002107 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002108}
2109
2110
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002111
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112Action::OwningExprResult
2113Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2114 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002115 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2116 switch (Kind) {
2117 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2118 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2119 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2120 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002121
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002122 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002123}
2124
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125Action::OwningExprResult
2126Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2127 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002128 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2129 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2130
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002131 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2132 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002133
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002134 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002135 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2136 Base.release();
2137 Idx.release();
2138 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2139 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2140 }
2141
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002143 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002144 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2145 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2146 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002147 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002148 }
2149
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002150 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2151}
2152
2153
2154Action::OwningExprResult
2155Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2156 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2157 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2158 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2159
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002160 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002161 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2162 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2163 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002164
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002165 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002166
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002167 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002168 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002169 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002170 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002171 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2172 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002173 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2174 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2175 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2176 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002177 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002178 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2179 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002180 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002181 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002182 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002183 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2184 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002185 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002186 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002187 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002188 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2189 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2190 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002192 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002193 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2194 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2195 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2196 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002197 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002198 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002199 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002200
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002201 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2202 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002203 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2204 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002205 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002206 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2207 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2208 // force the promotion here.
2209 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2210 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002211 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2212 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002213 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2214
2215 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002217 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002218 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2219 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2220 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2221 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002222 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2223 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002224 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2225
2226 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2227 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002228 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002229 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002230 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2231 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002232 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002233 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002234 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2235 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002236 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2237 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002238
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002239 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002240 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2241 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002242 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2243
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002244 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2246 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002247 // incomplete types are not object types.
2248 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2249 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2250 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2251 return ExprError();
2252 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002254 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002256 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2257 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002258 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002260 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2261 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2262 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2263 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2264 return ExprError();
2265 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002267 Base.release();
2268 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002270 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002271}
2272
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002273QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002274CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002276 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002277 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2278 // see FIXME there.
2279 //
2280 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2281 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002282 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002283
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002284 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002285 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002286
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002287 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002288 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2289 // to be selected.
2290 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002291
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002292 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2293 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002294 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002295
2296 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2297 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002298 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002299 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2300 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002301 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002302 do
2303 compStr++;
2304 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002305 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002306 do
2307 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002308 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002309 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002310
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002311 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002312 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2313 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002314 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2315 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002316 return QualType();
2317 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002318
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002319 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2320 // operates on.
2321 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002322 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002323
2324 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002325 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002326
2327 while (*compStr) {
2328 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2329 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2330 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2331 return QualType();
2332 }
2333 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002334 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002335
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002336 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002337 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002338 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002339 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002340 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002341 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002342 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002343 if (HexSwizzle)
2344 CompSize--;
2345
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002346 if (CompSize == 1)
2347 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002349 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002350 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002351 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2352 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2353 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2354 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002355 }
2356 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002357}
2358
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002359static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002361 const Selector &Sel,
2362 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002363
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002365 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002366 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002367 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002369 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2370 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002372 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002373 return D;
2374 }
2375 return 0;
2376}
2377
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002378static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002379 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002380 const Selector &Sel,
2381 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002382 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2383 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002384 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002385 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002386 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002387 GDecl = PD;
2388 break;
2389 }
2390 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002391 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002392 GDecl = OMD;
2393 break;
2394 }
2395 }
2396 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002397 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002398 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2399 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002400 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002401 if (GDecl)
2402 return GDecl;
2403 }
2404 }
2405 return GDecl;
2406}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002407
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002408Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002409Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2410 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002411 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2412 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2413 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2414 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2415 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2416
2417 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2418 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2419 //
2420 // T* t;
2421 // t.f;
2422 //
2423 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2424 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2425 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2426 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002427 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002428 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2429 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002430 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002431 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002432 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002433 return ExprError();
2434 }
2435 }
2436
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002437 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002438
2439 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2440 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002441 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002442 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2443 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2444 SS.getRange(),
2445 FirstQualifierInScope,
2446 Name, NameLoc,
2447 TemplateArgs));
2448}
2449
2450/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2451/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2452/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2453static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2454 Expr *BaseExpr,
2455 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002456 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002457 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002458 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2459 // diagnostics.
2460 if (!BaseExpr)
2461 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002462
2463 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2464 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002465 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002466 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002467 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002468}
2469
2470// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2471// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2472// type. The restriction here is:
2473//
2474// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2475// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2476// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2477//
2478// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2479// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2480// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2481// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2482bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2483 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002484 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002485 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002486 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2487 if (!BaseRT) {
2488 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2489 // dependent.
2490 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2491 return false;
2492 }
2493 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002494
2495 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002496 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2497 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2498 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2499 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002501 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2502 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2503 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2504 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2505
2506 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2507 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2508
2509 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2510 return false;
2511 }
2512
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002513 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002514 return true;
2515}
2516
2517static bool
2518LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2519 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2520 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2521 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2522 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2523 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2524 << BaseRange))
2525 return true;
2526
2527 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2528 if (SS.isSet()) {
2529 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2530 // nested-name-specifier.
2531 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2532
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002533 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2534 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2535 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2536 return true;
2537 }
2538
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002539 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002540
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002541 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2542 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2543 << DC << SS.getRange();
2544 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002545 }
2546 }
2547
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002548 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2549 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002550
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002551 if (!R.empty())
2552 return false;
2553
2554 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2555 // for typos.
2556 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002557 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002558 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2559 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2560 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2561 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2562 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002563 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2564 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2565 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002566 return false;
2567 } else {
2568 R.clear();
2569 }
2570
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002571 return false;
2572}
2573
2574Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002575Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002576 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2577 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2578 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2579 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2580 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2581 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2582
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002583 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2584 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002585 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002586 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2587 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2588 Name, NameLoc,
2589 TemplateArgs);
2590
2591 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002592
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002593 // Implicit member accesses.
2594 if (!Base) {
2595 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2596 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2597 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2598 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2599 OpLoc, SS))
2600 return ExprError();
2601
2602 // Explicit member accesses.
2603 } else {
2604 OwningExprResult Result =
2605 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002606 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002607
2608 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2609 Owned(Base);
2610 return ExprError();
2611 }
2612
2613 if (Result.get())
2614 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002615 }
2616
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002617 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002618 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2619 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002620}
2621
2622Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002623Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2624 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2625 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002626 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002627 LookupResult &R,
2628 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2629 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002630 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631 if (IsArrow) {
2632 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2633 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2634 }
2635
2636 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2637 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2638 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2639 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2640
2641 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002642 return ExprError();
2643
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002644 if (R.empty()) {
2645 // Rederive where we looked up.
2646 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2647 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2648 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002649
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002650 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002651 << MemberName << DC
2652 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002653 return ExprError();
2654 }
2655
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002656 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2657 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2658 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2659 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2660 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2661 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2662 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2663 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2664 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2665 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2666 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002667 return ExprError();
2668
2669 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2670 // result.
2671 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002672 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002673 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002674 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002675 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002676
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002677 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2678 // pick a member.
2679 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2680
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002681 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2682 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2683 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002684 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2685 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002686 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2687 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2688 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002689 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002690
2691 return Owned(MemExpr);
2692 }
2693
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002694 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002695 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2696
2697 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2698
2699 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2700 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2701 // error cases.
2702 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2703 return ExprError();
2704
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002705 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2706 if (!BaseExpr) {
2707 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2708 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2709 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2710
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002711 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2712 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2713 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2714 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002715 }
2716
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002717 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2718 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2719 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2720 // explicitly qualified.
2721 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2722 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2723 }
2724
2725 // Check the use of this member.
2726 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2727 Owned(BaseExpr);
2728 return ExprError();
2729 }
2730
2731 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2732 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2733 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002734 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2735 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2737 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2738
2739 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2740 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2741 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2742 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2743 else {
2744 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2745 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2746 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2747
2748 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2749 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2750
2751 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2752 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2753 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2754 }
2755
2756 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002757 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002758 return ExprError();
2759 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2760 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2761 }
2762
2763 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2764 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2765 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2766 Var, MemberLoc,
2767 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2768 }
2769
2770 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2771 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2772 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2773 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2774 MemberFn->getType()));
2775 }
2776
2777 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2778 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2779 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2780 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2781 }
2782
2783 Owned(BaseExpr);
2784
2785 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2786 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2787 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2788
2789 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2790 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2791 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2792 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2793 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2794 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2795}
2796
2797/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2798/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2799/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2800/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2801/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2802/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2803/// an ordinary member expression.
2804///
2805/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2806/// fixed for ObjC++.
2807Sema::OwningExprResult
2808Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002809 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002810 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002811 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002812 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002814 // Perform default conversions.
2815 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002816
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002817 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002818 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2819
2820 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2821 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002822
2823 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002824 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002825 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2826 // call, and continue on.
2827 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2828 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2829 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2830 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2831 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002832 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2833 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002834 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2835 ->isRecordType()))) {
2836 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2837 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2838 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2839 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002840
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002841 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002842 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002843 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2844 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002845 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002846
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002847 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2848 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2849 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2850 }
2851 }
2852 }
2853
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002854 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2855 // use that.
2856 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002857 if (IsArrow) {
2858 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2859 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2860 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2861 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2862 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002863 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2864 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002865 }
2866 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002867 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2868 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2869 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2870 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002871 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002872 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002873 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002874
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002875 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2876 // use that.
2877 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2878 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2879 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2880 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2881 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2882 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2883 }
2884 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002885
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002886 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002887
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002888 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002889 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002890 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2891 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2892 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2893 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2894 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2895 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2896 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2897 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2898 // Check the use of this method.
2899 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2900 return ExprError();
2901 }
2902 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2903 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2904 Selector SetterSel =
2905 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2906 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2907 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2908 if (!Setter) {
2909 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2910 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002911 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002912 }
2913 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2914 if (!Setter)
2915 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002916
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002917 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2918 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002919
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002920 if (Getter || Setter) {
2921 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002922
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002923 if (Getter)
2924 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2925 else
2926 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2927 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2928 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002929 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002930 PType,
2931 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2932 }
2933 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2934 << MemberName << BaseType);
2935 }
2936 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002937
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002938 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2939 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2940 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002941 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002942 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002943
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002944 if (IsArrow) {
2945 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002946 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002947 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2948 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002949 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2950 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2951 // struct MyRecord foo;
2952 // foo->bar
2953 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2954 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2955 // by now.
2956 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2957 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2958 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2959 IsArrow = false;
2960 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002961 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2962 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2963 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002964 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002965 } else {
2966 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2967 // type *foo;
2968 // foo.bar
2969 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2970 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2971 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2972 // the appropriate pointer type
2973 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2974 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2975 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2976 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2977 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2979 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2980 IsArrow = true;
2981 }
2982 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002983 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002984
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002985 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2986 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002987 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002988 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2989 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002990 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002991 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002992 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002993
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002994 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2995 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002996 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2997 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002998 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002999 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003000 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003001 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003002 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3003
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003004 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3005 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003006 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003007
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003008 if (!IV) {
3009 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3010 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3011 LookupMemberName);
3012 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3013 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003014 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003015 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3016 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
3017 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3018 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003019 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003020 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003021 }
3022 }
3023
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003024 if (IV) {
3025 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3026 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3027 // error cases.
3028 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3029 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003030
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003031 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3032 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3033 return ExprError();
3034 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3035 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3036 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3037 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3038 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3039 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3040 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3041 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3042 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3043 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3044 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3045 // AST for a function decl.
3046 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003048 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3049 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3050 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3051 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3052 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3053 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003054
3055 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3056 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003057 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003059 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003060 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3061 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003063 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003064 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003065
3066 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3067 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003068 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003069 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003070 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003071 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003072 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003073 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003074 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003075 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003076 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3077 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003078 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003079 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003081 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003082 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003083 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3084 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3085 // Check the use of this declaration
3086 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3087 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003089 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3090 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3091 }
3092 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3093 // Check the use of this method.
3094 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3095 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096
Ted Kremenek2c809302010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003097 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003098 OMD->getResultType(),
3099 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003100 NULL, 0));
3101 }
3102 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003103
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003104 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003105 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003106 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003107 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3108 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003109 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003110 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003111 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
3112 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003113 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003114
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003115 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003116 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003117 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3118 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3119 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003120 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003121 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003122 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00003123 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
3124 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003125 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003126 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3127 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003128 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003129 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3130 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003131 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003132 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3133 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3134 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003135
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003136 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003137 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3138 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003139 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3140 // selector is implemented.
3141
3142 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3143 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3144
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003145 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003146 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003147
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003148 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3149 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003150 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003151
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003152 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003153 if (!Getter)
3154 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003155 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003156 // Check if we can reference this property.
3157 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3158 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003159 }
3160 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3161 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162 Selector SetterSel =
3163 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003164 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003165 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003166 if (!Setter) {
3167 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3168 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003169 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003170 }
3171 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003172 if (!Setter)
3173 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003174
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003175 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3176 return ExprError();
3177
Fariborz Jahanianc1d2fa52010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003178 if (Getter) {
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003179 QualType PType;
Fariborz Jahanianc1d2fa52010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003180 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003181 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003182 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3183 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003184
3185 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3186 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3187 LookupOrdinaryName);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003188 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003189 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3190 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3191 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3192 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3193 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003194 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3195 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003196 << Property->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003197
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003198 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003199 ObjCImpDecl);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003200 }
Fariborz Jahanianc5d61df2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003201 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
3202 << MemberName << BaseType;
3203 if (Setter && !Getter)
3204 Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable)
3205 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3206 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003208
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003209 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003210 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003211 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003212 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003213 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003214 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003215
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003216 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003217 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003218 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003219 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3220 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003221 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003222 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003223 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003224 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003225
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003226 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3227 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3228
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003229 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003230}
3231
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003232/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3233/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3234/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3235/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3236/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3237///
3238/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3239/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3240/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3241/// only be called
3242/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3243/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3244/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3245Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3246 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3247 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3248 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3249 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3250 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3251 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3252 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3253 return ExprError();
3254
3255 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3256
3257 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3258 DeclarationName Name;
3259 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3260 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3261 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3262 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3263
3264 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3265
3266 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3267 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3268 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3269
3270 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3271 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3272
3273 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3274 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003275 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003276 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003277 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3278 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3279 Name, NameLoc,
3280 TemplateArgs);
3281 } else {
3282 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3283 if (TemplateArgs) {
3284 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3285 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3286 } else {
3287 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003288 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003289
3290 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3291 Owned(Base);
3292 return ExprError();
3293 }
3294
3295 if (Result.get()) {
3296 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3297 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3298 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3299 // call now.
3300 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3301 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003302 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003303
3304 return move(Result);
3305 }
3306 }
3307
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003308 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003309 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3310 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003311 }
3312
3313 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003314}
3315
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003316Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3317 FunctionDecl *FD,
3318 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3319 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3320 Diag (CallLoc,
3321 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3322 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003323 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003324 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3325 } else {
3326 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3327 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3328
3329 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003330 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3331 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003332
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3334 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003335 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003336
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003337 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003338 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003339 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003340
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003341 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3342 InitializedEntity Entity
3343 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3344 InitializationKind Kind
3345 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3346 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3347 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3348
3349 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003350 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003351 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3352 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003353 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003354
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003355 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003356 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003357 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003358 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003359
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003360 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3361 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3362 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003363 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3364 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3366 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003367 }
3368
3369 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003370 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003371}
3372
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003373/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3374/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3375/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3376/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3377/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3378/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379bool
3380Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003381 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003382 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003383 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3384 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003386 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3387 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003388 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003389
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003390 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3391 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3392 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3393 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3394 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3395 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003396 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003397 }
3398
3399 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3400 // them.
3401 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3402 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3403 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3404 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3405 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3406 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3407 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3408 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003409 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003410 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003411 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003412 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003413 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003414 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003415 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3416 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3417 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3418 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3419 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003420 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003421 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003422 if (Invalid)
3423 return true;
3424 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3425 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3426 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003427
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003428 return false;
3429}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003430
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003431bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3432 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3433 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3434 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3435 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3436 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003437 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003438 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3439 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3440 bool Invalid = false;
3441 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3442 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3443 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3444 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003446 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003447 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003448
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003449 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003450 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3451 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003452
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003453 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3454 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003455 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003456 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003457 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003458
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003459 // Pass the argument
3460 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3461 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3462 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003463
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003464
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003465 InitializedEntity Entity =
3466 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3467 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3468 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3469 SourceLocation(),
3470 Owned(Arg));
3471 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3472 return true;
3473
3474 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003475 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003476 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003477
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003479 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003480 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3481 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003482
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003483 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003484 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003485 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003486 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003487
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003488 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003489 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003490 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003491 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003492 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003493 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003494 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003495 }
3496 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003497 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003498}
3499
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003500/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003501/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3502/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003503Action::OwningExprResult
3504Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3505 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003506 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003507 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003508
3509 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3510 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003511
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003512 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003513 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003514 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003515
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003516 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003517 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3518 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3519 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3520 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3521 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3522 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3523 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3524 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003526 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3527 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003528
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003529 NumArgs = 0;
3530 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003531
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003532 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3533 RParenLoc));
3534 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003536 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003537 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003538 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3539 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003540 bool Dependent = false;
3541 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3542 Dependent = true;
3543 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3544 Dependent = true;
3545
3546 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003547 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003548 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3549
3550 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3551 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3552 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3553 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3554
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003555 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3556
3557 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3558 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3559 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3560 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3561 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3562 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3563 // method template.
3564 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3565 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003566 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003567
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003568 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3569 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003570 }
3571
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003572 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003573 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003574 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003575 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003576 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3577 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003578 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003579
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003580 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003581 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003582 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3583 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003584 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003585 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3586 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003587
3588 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3589 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003590 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3591 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003592
3593 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3594 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003595 TheCall.get(), 0))
3596 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003597
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003598 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003599 RParenLoc))
3600 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003601
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003602 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3603 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003604 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003605 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3606 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003607 }
3608 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003609 }
3610
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003611 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003612 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003613 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003615 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003616 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3617 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3618 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3619 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003620 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003621
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003622 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3623 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3624 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3625
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003626 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3627}
3628
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003629/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3630/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003631/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3632/// block-pointer type.
3633///
3634/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3635Sema::OwningExprResult
3636Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3637 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3638 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3639 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3640 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3641
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003642 // Promote the function operand.
3643 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3644
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003645 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3646 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003647 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3648 Args, NumArgs,
3649 Context.BoolTy,
3650 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003651
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003652 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3653 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3654 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3655 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003656 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003657 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003658 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3659 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003660 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003661 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003662 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003663 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003664 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003665 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003666 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3667 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3668
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003669 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003670 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003671 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3672 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003673 return ExprError();
3674
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003675 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003676 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003677
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003678 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003680 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003681 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003682 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003683 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003684
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003685 if (FDecl) {
3686 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3687 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3688 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003689 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003690 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003691 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003692 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3693 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3694 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3695 }
3696 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003697 }
3698
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003699 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003700 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3701 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3702 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003703 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3704 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003705 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3706 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003707 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003708 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003709 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003710 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003711
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003712 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3713 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003714 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3715 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003716
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003717 // Check for sentinels
3718 if (NDecl)
3719 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003721 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003722 if (FDecl) {
3723 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3724 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003725
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003726 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003727 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3728 } else if (NDecl) {
3729 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3730 return ExprError();
3731 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003732
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003733 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003734}
3735
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003736Action::OwningExprResult
3737Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3738 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003739 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003740 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003741 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003742
3743 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3744 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3745 if (!TInfo)
3746 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3747
3748 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3749}
3750
3751Action::OwningExprResult
3752Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3753 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3754 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003755 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003756
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003757 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003758 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003759 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3760 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003761 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3762 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003763 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003764 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003765 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003766 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003767
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003768 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003769 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003770 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003771 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003772 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003773 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3774 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3775 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3776 &literalType);
3777 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003778 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003779 InitExpr.release();
3780 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003781
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003782 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003783 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003784 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003785 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003786 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003787
3788 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003789
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003790 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003791 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003792}
3793
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003794Action::OwningExprResult
3795Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003796 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3797 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3798 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003799
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003800 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003802
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003803 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3804 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003805 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003806 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003807}
3808
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003809static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3810 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003811 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003812 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3813
3814 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3815 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003816 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3817 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003818 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003819 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3820 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3821 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003822
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003823 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3824 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3825 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3826 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3827 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3828 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3829 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3830 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003831
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003832 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3833 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3834 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3835 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3836 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3837 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003838
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003839 // FIXME: Assert here.
3840 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3841 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3842}
3843
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003844/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003845bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003846 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003847 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3848 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003850 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3851 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003852
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003853 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003854
3855 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3856 // type needs to be scalar.
3857 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3858 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003859 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3860 return false;
3861 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003862
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003863 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003864 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003865 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3866 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003867 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003868 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3869 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003870 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003871 return false;
3872 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003873
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003874 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003875 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003876 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003877 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003878 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003879 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003880 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003881 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003882 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3883 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3884 break;
3885 }
3886 }
3887 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3888 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3889 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003890 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003891 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003892 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003893
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003894 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3895 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3896 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3897 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003898
3899 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003900 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003901 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3902 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003903 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003904 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003905
3906 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003907 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003908
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003909 if (castType->isVectorType())
3910 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3911 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3912 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3913
3914 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003915 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003916
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003917 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3918 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003919
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003920 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003921 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3922 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3923 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3924 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3925 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3926 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3927 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3928 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3929 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3930 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003931 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003932
3933 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003934 return false;
3935}
3936
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003937bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3938 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003939 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003940
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003941 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003942 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003943 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003944 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003945 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003946 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003947 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003948 } else
3949 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003950 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003951 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003953 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003954 return false;
3955}
3956
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003957bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003958 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003959 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003960
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003961 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003962
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003963 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3964 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003965 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3966 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3967 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3968 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003969 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003970 return false;
3971 }
3972
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003973 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003974 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3975 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003976 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3977 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3978 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3979 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003980
3981 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3982 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3983 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003984
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003985 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003986 return false;
3987}
3988
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003989Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003990Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003991 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3992 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3993 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003994
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003995 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3996 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3997 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003998 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004000 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004001 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004002 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004003 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
4004 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004005
4006 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
4007}
4008
4009Action::OwningExprResult
4010Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4011 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
4012 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
4013
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004014 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004015 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
4016 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004017 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004018 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004019
4020 if (Method) {
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004021 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
4022 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
4023 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004024
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004025 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
4026 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004027
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004028 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
4029 } else {
4030 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00004031 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004032
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004033 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
4034 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00004035 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004036}
4037
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004038/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4039/// of comma binary operators.
4040Action::OwningExprResult
4041Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4042 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4043 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4044 if (!E)
4045 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004047 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004048
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004049 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4050 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4051 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004052
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004053 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4054}
4055
4056Action::OwningExprResult
4057Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4058 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004059 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004060 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004061 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004062
4063 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004064 // then handle it as such.
4065 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4066 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4067 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4068 return ExprError();
4069 }
4070
4071 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4072 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4073 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4074
4075 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4076 // braces instead of the original commas.
4077 Op.release();
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004078 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004079 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4080 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004081 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004082 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004083 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004084 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4085 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004086 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004087 }
4088}
4089
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004090Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004091 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004092 MultiExprArg Val,
4093 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004094 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4095 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004096 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4097 Expr *expr;
4098 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4099 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4100 else
4101 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004102 return Owned(expr);
4103}
4104
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004105/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4106/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004107/// C99 6.5.15
4108QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4109 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004110 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4112 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4113
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004114 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004115
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004116 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4117 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4118 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4119 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4120 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4121 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004122
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004123 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004124 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4125 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4126 << CondTy;
4127 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004128 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004129
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004130 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004131 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4132 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004133
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004134 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4135 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004136 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4137 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4138 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004139 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004141 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4142 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004143 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4144 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004145 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004147 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004148 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004149 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004150 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004151
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004152 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004153 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004154 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4155 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4156 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4157 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4158 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4159 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4160 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004161 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4162 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004163 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004164 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004165 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4166 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004167 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004168 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004169 // promote the null to a pointer.
4170 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004171 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004172 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004173 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004174 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004175 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004176 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004177 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004178
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004179 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4180 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4181 QuestionLoc);
4182 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4183 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004184
4185
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004186 // Handle block pointer types.
4187 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4188 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4189 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4190 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004191 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4192 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004193 return destType;
4194 }
4195 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004196 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004197 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004198 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004199 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4200 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4201 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004202 return LHSTy;
4203 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004204 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004205 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4206 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004207
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004208 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4209 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004210 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004211 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004212 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4213 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4214 // to get a consistent AST.
4215 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004216 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4217 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004218 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004219 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004220 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004221 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4222 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004223 return LHSTy;
4224 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004225
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004226 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4227 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4228 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004229 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4230 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004231
4232 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4233 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4234 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004235 QualType destPointee
4236 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004237 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004238 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4239 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4240 // Promote to void*.
4241 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004242 return destType;
4243 }
4244 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004245 QualType destPointee
4246 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004247 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004248 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004249 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004250 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004251 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004252 return destType;
4253 }
4254
4255 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4256 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4257 return LHSTy;
4258 }
4259 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4260 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4261 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4262 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4263 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4264 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4265 // to get a consistent AST.
4266 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004267 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4268 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004269 return incompatTy;
4270 }
4271 // The pointer types are compatible.
4272 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4273 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4274 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4275 // type.
4276 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4277 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004278 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4279 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004280 return LHSTy;
4281 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004282
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004283 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4284 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4285 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4286 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004287 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004288 return RHSTy;
4289 }
4290 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4291 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4292 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004293 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004294 return LHSTy;
4295 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004296
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004297 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004298 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4299 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004300 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004301}
4302
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004303/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4304/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4305QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4306 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4307 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4308 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004309
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004310 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4311 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4312 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4313 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4314 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4315 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4316 return LHSTy;
4317 }
4318 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4319 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4320 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4321 return RHSTy;
4322 }
4323 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4324 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4325 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4326 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4327 return LHSTy;
4328 }
4329 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4330 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4331 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4332 return RHSTy;
4333 }
4334 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4335 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4336 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4337 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4338 return LHSTy;
4339 }
4340 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4341 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4342 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4343 return RHSTy;
4344 }
4345 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4346 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004347
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004348 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4349 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4350 return LHSTy;
4351 }
4352 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4353 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4354 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004355
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004356 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4357 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4358 // type. This allows
4359 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4360 // where B is a subclass of A.
4361 //
4362 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4363 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4364 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4365 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004366
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004367 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4368 // It could return the composite type.
4369 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4370 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4371 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4372 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4373 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4374 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4375 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4376 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4377 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4378 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4379 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4380 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4381 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4382 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004383 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004384 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4385 ;
4386 else {
4387 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4388 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4389 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4390 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4391 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4392 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4393 return incompatTy;
4394 }
4395 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4396 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4397 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4398 return compositeType;
4399 }
4400 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4401 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4402 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4403 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4404 QualType destPointee
4405 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4406 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4407 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4408 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4409 // Promote to void*.
4410 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4411 return destType;
4412 }
4413 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4414 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4415 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4416 QualType destPointee
4417 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4418 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4419 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4420 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4421 // Promote to void*.
4422 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4423 return destType;
4424 }
4425 return QualType();
4426}
4427
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004428/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004429/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004430Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4431 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4432 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4433 ExprArg RHS) {
4434 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4435 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004436
4437 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4438 // was the condition.
4439 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4440 if (isLHSNull)
4441 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004442
4443 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004444 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004445 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004446 return ExprError();
4447
4448 Cond.release();
4449 LHS.release();
4450 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004451 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004452 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004453 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004454}
4455
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004456// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004457// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004458// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4459// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4460// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004461Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004462Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004463 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004465 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4466 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4467 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4468 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4469 return Compatible;
4470 }
4471
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004472 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004473 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4474 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004476 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004477 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4478 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004479
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004480 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481
4482 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4483 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4484 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004485 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004486 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004487 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004488
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4490 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004491 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004492 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004493 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004494 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004496 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004497 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4498 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004499 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004500
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004501 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004502 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004503 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004504
4505 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004506 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4507 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004508 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004510 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004511 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4512 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4513 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4514 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4515 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4516 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004517 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004518 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004519 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004520 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004521
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004522 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004523 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004524 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004525 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004526
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004527 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4528 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4529 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4530 // warning can be disabled.
4531 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4532 return ConvTy;
4533 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4534 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004535
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004536 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4537 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4538 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4539 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4540 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4541 do {
4542 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4543 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004544
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004545 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4546 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4547 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004548
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004550 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004551 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004552
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004553 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004554 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004555 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004556 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004557}
4558
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004559/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4560/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4561/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4562// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004563Sema::AssignConvertType
4564Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004565 QualType rhsType) {
4566 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004567
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004568 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004569 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4570 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004571
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004572 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4573 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4574 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004576 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004578 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004579 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004580 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004582 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4583 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4584 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4585 }
4586 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004587 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004588 return ConvTy;
4589}
4590
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004591/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4592/// for assignment compatibility.
4593Sema::AssignConvertType
4594Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004595 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4596 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
4597 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4598 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004599 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004600 }
4601 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4602 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
4603 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4604 return IncompatiblePointer;
4605 return Compatible;
4606 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004607 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004608 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004609 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004610 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4611 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4612 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4613 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4614 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4615 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004616
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004617 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4618 return Compatible;
4619 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4620 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004621 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004622}
4623
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004624/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4625/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004626/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4627///
4628/// int a, *pint;
4629/// short *pshort;
4630/// struct foo *pfoo;
4631///
4632/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4633/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4634/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4635/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4636///
4637/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004638/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004639///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004640Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004641Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004642 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4643 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004644 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4645 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004646
4647 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004648 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004649
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004650 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4651 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4652 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4653 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4654 return Compatible;
4655 }
4656
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004657 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4658 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4659 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4660 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4661 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4662 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4663 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004664 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004665 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004666 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004667 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004668 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004669 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4670 // to the same ExtVector type.
4671 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4672 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4673 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4674 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4675 return Compatible;
4676 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004677
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004678 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004679 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004681 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004682 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4683 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004684 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004685 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004686 }
4687 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004688 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004689
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004690 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004691 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004692
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004693 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004694 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004695 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004696
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004697 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004698 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004699
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004700 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004701 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004702 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4703 return Compatible;
4704 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004705 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004706 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4707 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004708 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004709
4710 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004711 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004712 return Compatible;
4713 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004714 return Incompatible;
4715 }
4716
4717 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4718 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004719 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004721 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004722 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004723 return Compatible;
4724
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004725 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4726 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004728 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004729 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004730 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004731 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004732 return Incompatible;
4733 }
4734
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004735 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4736 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4737 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004738
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004739 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004740 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004741 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4742 return Compatible;
4743 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004744 }
4745 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004746 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004747 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004748 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004749 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4750 return Compatible;
4751 }
4752 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4753 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4754 return Compatible;
4755 return Incompatible;
4756 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004757 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004758 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004759 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4760 return Compatible;
4761
4762 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004763 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004764
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004765 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004766 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004767
4768 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004769 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004770 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004771 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004772 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004773 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4774 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4775 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4776 return Compatible;
4777
4778 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4779 return PointerToInt;
4780
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004781 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004782 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004783 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4784 return Compatible;
4785 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004786 }
4787 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004788 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004789 return Compatible;
4790 return Incompatible;
4791 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004792
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004793 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004794 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004795 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004796 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004797 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004798}
4799
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004800/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4801/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004802static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004803 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4804 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4805 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004806 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4807 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004808 SourceLocation());
4809 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4810 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4811
4812 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4813 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004814 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004815 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004816 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004817}
4818
4819Sema::AssignConvertType
4820Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4821 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4822
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004824 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4825 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004826 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004827 return Incompatible;
4828
4829 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4830 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4831 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4832 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004833 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4834 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004835 it != itend; ++it) {
4836 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4837 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4838 // 1) void pointer
4839 // 2) null pointer constant
4840 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004841 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004842 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004843 InitField = *it;
4844 break;
4845 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004846
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004847 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004848 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004849 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004850 InitField = *it;
4851 break;
4852 }
4853 }
4854
4855 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4856 == Compatible) {
4857 InitField = *it;
4858 break;
4859 }
4860 }
4861
4862 if (!InitField)
4863 return Incompatible;
4864
4865 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4866 return Compatible;
4867}
4868
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004869Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004870Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004871 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4872 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4873 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4874 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4875 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004876 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004877 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004878 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004879 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004880 }
4881
4882 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4883 // structures.
4884 }
4885
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004886 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4887 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004888 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4889 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004890 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004891 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004892 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004893 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004894 return Compatible;
4895 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004896
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004897 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004898 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004899 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004900 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004901 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004903 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004904 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004905
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004906 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4907 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004908
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004909 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4910 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004911 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4912 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4913 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4914 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004915 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004916 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4917 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004918 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004919}
4920
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004921QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004922 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004923 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004924 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004925 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004926}
4927
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004928QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004929 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004930 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004931 QualType lhsType =
4932 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4933 QualType rhsType =
4934 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004935
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004936 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004937 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004938 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004939
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004940 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4941 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004942 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4943 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004944 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4945 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004946 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004947 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004948 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004949 }
4950 }
4951 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004952
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004953 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4954 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4955 bool swapped = false;
4956 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4957 swapped = true;
4958 std::swap(rex, lex);
4959 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4960 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004961
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004962 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004963 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004964 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4965 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4966 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004967 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004968 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4969 return lhsType;
4970 }
4971 }
4972 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4973 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4974 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004975 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004976 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4977 return lhsType;
4978 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004979 }
4980 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004981
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004982 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004983 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004984 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004985 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004986 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004987}
4988
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004989QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4990 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004991 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004992 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004993
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004994 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004995
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004996 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4997 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4998 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004999
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005000 // Check for division by zero.
5001 if (isDiv &&
5002 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005003 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005004 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005005
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005006 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005007}
5008
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005009QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005010 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00005011 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5012 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5013 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5014 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5015 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005016
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005017 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005018
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005019 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5020 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005021
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005022 // Check for remainder by zero.
5023 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005024 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
5025 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005026
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005027 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005028}
5029
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005030QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005031 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005032 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5033 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5034 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5035 return compType;
5036 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005037
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005038 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005039
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00005040 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005041 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5042 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5043 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005044 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005045 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005046
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005047 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5048 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005049 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005050 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5051
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005052 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005053
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005054 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005055 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005056
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005057 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5058 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005059 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5060 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005061 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005062 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005063 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005064
5065 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5066 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5067 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005068 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5070 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5071 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5072 return QualType();
5073 }
5074
5075 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5076 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5077 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005078 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005079 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005080 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005081 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005082 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5083 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005084 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5085 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005086 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005087 return QualType();
5088 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005089 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5090 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5091 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5092 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5093 return QualType();
5094 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005095
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005096 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005097 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5098 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5099 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5100 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5101 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005102 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005103 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5104 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005105 return PExp->getType();
5106 }
5107 }
5108
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005109 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005110}
5111
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005112// C99 6.5.6
5113QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005114 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5115 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5116 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5117 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5118 return compType;
5119 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005120
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005121 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005123 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005124
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005125 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005126 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5127 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005128 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005129 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005130 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005131
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005132 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005133 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005134 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005135
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005136 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005137
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005138 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5139 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5140 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5141 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5143 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5144 return QualType();
5145 }
5146
5147 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5148 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5149 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5150 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5151 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005152 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005153 return QualType();
5154 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005155
5156 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5157 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5158 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005159 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005160 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005161 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005162 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005163 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005164
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005165 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5166 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5168 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5169 return QualType();
5170 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005171
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005172 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005173 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5174 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5175 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5176 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5177 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5178 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005179 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005180 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5181
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005182 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005183 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005184 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005186 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005187 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005188 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005189
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005190 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5191 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5192 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5193 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5194 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5195 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5196 return QualType();
5197 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005199 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5200 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5202 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005203 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005204 return QualType();
5205 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005206
5207 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5208 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5209 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5210 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5211 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005212 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5213 << rex->getSourceRange()
5214 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005215 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005217 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5218 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5219 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5220 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5221 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5222 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5223 return QualType();
5224 }
5225 } else {
5226 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5227 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5228 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5229 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5230 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5231 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5232 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5233 return QualType();
5234 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005235 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005236
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005237 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5238 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5239 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5240 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5241 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005242 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005243 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005244
5245 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005246 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5247 }
5248 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005249
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005250 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005251}
5252
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005253// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005254QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005255 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005256 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5257 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005258 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005260 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5261 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5262 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5263
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005264 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5265 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005266 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5267 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5268 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5269 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5270 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005271 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005272 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005273 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005274
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005275 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005276
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005277 // Sanity-check shift operands
5278 llvm::APSInt Right;
5279 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005280 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5281 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005282 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005283 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5284 else {
5285 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5286 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5287 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5288 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5289 }
5290 }
5291
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005292 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005293 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005294}
5295
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005296// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005297QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005298 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5299 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5300
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005301 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005302 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005303 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005304
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005305 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005306
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005307 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005308 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5309 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5310 else {
5311 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5312 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5313 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005314 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5315 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005316
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005317 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5318 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005319 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5320 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5321 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005322 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005323 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005324 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5325 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5326 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5327 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005328 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5329 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005330 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005331
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005332 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5333 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5334 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5335 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005336
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005337 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5338 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005339 Expr *literalString = 0;
5340 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005341 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005342 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005343 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005344 literalString = lex;
5345 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005346 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5347 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005348 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005349 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005350 literalString = rex;
5351 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5352 }
5353
5354 if (literalString) {
5355 std::string resultComparison;
5356 switch (Opc) {
5357 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5358 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5359 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5360 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5361 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5362 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5363 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5364 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005365
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005366 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5367 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5368 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5369 << literalString->getSourceRange()
5370 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5371 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5372 "strcmp(")
5373 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5374 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
5375 resultComparison));
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005376 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005377 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005378
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005379 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005380 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005381
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005382 if (isRelational) {
5383 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005384 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005385 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005386 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005387 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005388 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005389
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005390 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005391 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005392 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005393
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005394 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005395 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005396 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005397 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005398
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005399 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5400 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5401 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005402 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005403 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005404 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005405 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005406 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005407
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005408 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005409 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5410 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005411 if (!isRelational &&
5412 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5413 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5414 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5415 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5416 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5417 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5418 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5419 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5420 return ResultTy;
5421 }
5422 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005423 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5424 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5425 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5426 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5427 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5428 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005429 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005430 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005431 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5432 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5433 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005434 if (T.isNull()) {
5435 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5436 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5437 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005438 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005439 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005440 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005441 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005442 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005443 }
5444
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005445 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5446 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005447 return ResultTy;
5448 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005449 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5450 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5451 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5452 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5453 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5454 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5455 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5456 }
5457 } else if (!isRelational &&
5458 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5459 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5460 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5461 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5462 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5463 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5464 }
5465 } else {
5466 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005467 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005468 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005469 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005470 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005471 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005472 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005473 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005474
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005476 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005477 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005478 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005479 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5480 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005481 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005482 return ResultTy;
5483 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005484 if (LHSIsNull &&
5485 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5486 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005487 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005488 return ResultTy;
5489 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005490
5491 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005492 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005493 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5494 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005495 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5496 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5497 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5498 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5499 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5500 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5501 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5502 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005503 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005504 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5505 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5506 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005507 if (T.isNull()) {
5508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005509 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005510 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005511 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005512 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005513 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005514 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005515 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005516 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005517
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005518 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5519 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005520 return ResultTy;
5521 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005522
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005523 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005524 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5525 return ResultTy;
5526 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005527
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005528 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005529 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005530 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5531 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005532
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005533 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005534 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005535 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005536 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005537 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005538 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005539 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005540 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005541 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005542 if (!isRelational
5543 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5544 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005545 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005546 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005547 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005548 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005549 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5550 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5551 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005552 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005553 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005554 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005555 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005556
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005557 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005558 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005559 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5560 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005561 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005562 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005563 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005564 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005565
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005566 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5567 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005568 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005569 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005570 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005571 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005572 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005573 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005574 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005575 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005576 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5577 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005578 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005579 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005580 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005581 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005582 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005583 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5584 if (RHSIsNull) {
5585 if (isRelational)
5586 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5587 } else if (isRelational)
5588 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5589 else
5590 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005591
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005592 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005593 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005594 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005595 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005596 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005597 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005598 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005599 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005600 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5601 if (LHSIsNull) {
5602 if (isRelational)
5603 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5604 } else if (isRelational)
5605 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5606 else
5607 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005608
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005609 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005610 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005611 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005612 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005613 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005614 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005615 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005616 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005617 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5618 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005619 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005620 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005621 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005622 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5623 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005624 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005625 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005626 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005627 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005628}
5629
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005630/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005631/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005632/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5633/// types.
5634QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005635 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005636 bool isRelational) {
5637 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5638 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005639 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005640 if (vType.isNull())
5641 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005642
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005643 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5644 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005645
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005646 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5647 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5648 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5649 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5650 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5651 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5652 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005653 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005654 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005655
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005656 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5657 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5658 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005659 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005660 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005661
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005662 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5663 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5664 // elements for floating point vectors.
5665 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5666 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005667
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005668 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005669 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005670 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005671 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005672 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005673 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5674
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005675 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005676 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005677 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5678}
5679
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005680inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005681 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005682 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005683 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005684
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005685 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005686
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005687 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005688 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005689 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005690}
5691
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005692inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005693 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005694 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5695 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5696 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005697
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005698 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5699 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005700
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005701 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005702 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005703
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005704 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5705 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5706 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5707 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5708 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5709 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5710 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005711
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005712 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005713 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005714 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005715
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005716 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5717 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5718 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5719 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005720
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005721 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005722 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005723 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005724
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005725 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5726 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5727 // The result is a bool.
5728 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005729}
5730
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005731/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5732/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5733/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5734///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005735static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005736 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5737 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5738 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5739 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005740 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005741 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5742 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5743 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5744 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005745 }
5746 }
5747 return false;
5748}
5749
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005750/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5751/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5752static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005753 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005754 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005755 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005756 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5757 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005758 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5759 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005760
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005761 unsigned Diag = 0;
5762 bool NeedType = false;
5763 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005764 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005765 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005766 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5767 NeedType = true;
5768 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005769 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005770 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5771 NeedType = true;
5772 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005773 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005774 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5775 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005776 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5777 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005778 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005779 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5780 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005781 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5782 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005783 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5784 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005785 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005786 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5787 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005788 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005789 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5790 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005791 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005792 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5793 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005794 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5795 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5796 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005797 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5798 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5799 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005800 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5801 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5802 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005803 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005804
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005805 SourceRange Assign;
5806 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5807 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005808 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005809 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005810 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005811 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005812 return true;
5813}
5814
5815
5816
5817// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005818QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5819 SourceLocation Loc,
5820 QualType CompoundType) {
5821 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5822 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005823 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005824
5825 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5826 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005827
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005828 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005829 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005830 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005831 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005832 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5833 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5834 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005835 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005836 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005837 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005838 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005839
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005840 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5841 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5842 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005843 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005844 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5845 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5846 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5847 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5848 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005849 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005850 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005851 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5852 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5853 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005854 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5855 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005856 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5857 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5858 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005859 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005860 }
5861 } else {
5862 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005863 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005864 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005865
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005866 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005867 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005868 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005869
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005870 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5871 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005872 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005873 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5874 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005875 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005876 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005877 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005878}
5879
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005880// C99 6.5.17
5881QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005882 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005883 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5884 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5885 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005886
5887 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5888 // incomplete in C++).
5889
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005890 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005891}
5892
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005893/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5894/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005895QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5896 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005897 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5898 return Context.DependentTy;
5899
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005900 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5901 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005902
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005903 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5904 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5905 if (!isInc) {
5906 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5907 return QualType();
5908 }
5909 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5910 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5911 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005912 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005913 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5914 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005915
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005916 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005917 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005918 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5920 << Op->getSourceRange();
5921 return QualType();
5922 }
5923
5924 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005925 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005926 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005927 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5928 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5929 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5930 return QualType();
5931 }
5932
5933 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005934 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005935 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005936 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005937 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005938 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005939 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005940 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5941 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5942 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5943 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5944 return QualType();
5945 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005946 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005947 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5948 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005949 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005950 } else {
5951 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005952 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005953 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005954 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005956 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005957 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005958 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005959 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005960}
5961
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005962/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005963/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005964/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5965/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5966/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5967/// - &(x) => x
5968/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5969/// - &s.xx => s
5970/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5971/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5972/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5973/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005974static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005975 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005976 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005977 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005978 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005979 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5980 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5981 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005982 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005983 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005984 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005985 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005986 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005987 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5988 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005989 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5990 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5991 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5992 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5993 }
5994 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005995 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005996 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5997 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005998
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005999 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006000 case UnaryOperator::Real:
6001 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
6002 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
6003 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
6004 default:
6005 return 0;
6006 }
6007 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006008 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006009 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006010 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006011 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
6012 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006013 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006014 default:
6015 return 0;
6016 }
6017}
6018
6019/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006020/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006021/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006022/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00006023/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006024/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006025/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006026QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006027 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
6028 op = op->IgnoreParens();
6029
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00006030 if (op->isTypeDependent())
6031 return Context.DependentTy;
6032
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006033 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
6034 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
6035 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
6036 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
6037 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
6038 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
6039 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6040 }
6041 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6042 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6043 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006044 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006045 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006046
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006047 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6048 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6049 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6050 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6051 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6052 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6053 // branch of the if, below.
6054 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6055 << dcl;
6056 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6057
6058 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6059 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6060 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6061 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006062 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
6063 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6064 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6065 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6066 if (isSFINAEContext())
6067 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006068 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006069 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006070 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006071 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006072 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6074 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006075 return QualType();
6076 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006077 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006078 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6080 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006081 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006082 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006083 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006084 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006085 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006086 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006087 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6088 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6089 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6090 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6091 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006092 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6093 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006094 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6095 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006096 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6097 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006098 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006099 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006100 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6101 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006102 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006103 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6104 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006105 return QualType();
6106 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006107 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006108 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006109 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006110 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006111 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6112 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006113 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006114 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006115 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6116 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006117 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006118 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6119 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6120 return QualType();
6121 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006122
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006123 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6124 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006125 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006126 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006127 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006128 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006129 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006130 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6131 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006132 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6133 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6134 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006135 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006136 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006137
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006138 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6139 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6140 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6141 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6142 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6143 }
6144
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006145 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006146 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006147}
6148
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006149QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006150 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6151 return Context.DependentTy;
6152
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006153 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6154 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006155
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006156 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6157 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6158 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6159 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006160 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006161 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006162
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006163 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006164 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006165
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006166 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006167 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006168 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006169}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006170
6171static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6172 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6173 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6174 switch (Kind) {
6175 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006176 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6177 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006178 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6179 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6180 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6181 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6182 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6183 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6184 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6185 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6186 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6187 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6188 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6189 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6190 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6191 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6192 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6193 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6194 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6195 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6196 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6197 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6198 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6199 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6200 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6201 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6202 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6203 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6204 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6205 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6206 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6207 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6208 }
6209 return Opc;
6210}
6211
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006212static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6213 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6214 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6215 switch (Kind) {
6216 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6217 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6218 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6219 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6220 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6221 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6222 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6223 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6224 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006225 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6226 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006227 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006228 }
6229 return Opc;
6230}
6231
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006232/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6233/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6234/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006235Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6236 unsigned Op,
6237 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006238 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006239 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006240 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6241 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6242 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006243
6244 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006245 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6246 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6247 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006248 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6249 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6250 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6251 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6252 break;
6253 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006254 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006255 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6256 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006257 break;
6258 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6259 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6260 break;
6261 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6262 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6263 break;
6264 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6265 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6266 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006267 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006268 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6269 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6270 break;
6271 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6272 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6273 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6274 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006275 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006276 break;
6277 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6278 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006279 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006280 break;
6281 case BinaryOperator::And:
6282 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6283 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6284 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6285 break;
6286 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6287 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6288 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6289 break;
6290 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6291 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006292 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6293 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006294 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6295 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6296 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006297 break;
6298 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006299 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6300 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6301 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6302 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006303 break;
6304 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006305 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6306 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6307 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006308 break;
6309 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006310 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6311 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6312 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006313 break;
6314 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6315 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006316 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6317 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6318 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6319 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006320 break;
6321 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6322 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6323 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006324 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6325 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6326 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6327 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006328 break;
6329 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6330 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6331 break;
6332 }
6333 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006334 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006335 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006336 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6337 else
6338 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006339 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6340 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006341}
6342
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006343/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6344/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006345static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6346 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006347 SourceRange ParenRange,
6348 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD = PartialDiagnostic(0),
6349 SourceRange SecondParenRange = SourceRange()) {
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006350 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6351 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6352 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6353 // warning/error and return.
6354 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6355 return;
6356 }
6357
6358 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6359 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6360 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006361
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006362 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6363 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006364
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006365 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6366 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6367 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6368 // warning/error and return.
6369 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6370 return;
6371 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006372
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006373 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
6374 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6375 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006376}
6377
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006378/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6379/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6380/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6381/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006382static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6383 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006384 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6385 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6386 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6387 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006388 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006389 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006390 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6391
6392 // Subs are not binary operators.
6393 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6394 return;
6395
6396 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6397 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006398 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6399 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006400 return;
6401
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006402 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006403 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6404 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006405 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6406 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006407 lhs->getSourceRange(),
6408 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6409 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006410 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6411 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006412 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6413 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006414 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6415 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006416 rhs->getSourceRange(),
6417 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6418 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006419 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006420}
6421
6422/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6423/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6424/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6425static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6426 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006427 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006428 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6429}
6430
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006431// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006432Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6433 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6434 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006435 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006436 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006437
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006438 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6439 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006440
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006441 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6442 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6443
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006444 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6445}
6446
6447Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6448 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6449 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006450 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006451 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006452 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6453 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6454 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6455 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6456 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006457 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006458 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006459 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6460 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6461 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006462
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006463 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6464 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006465 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006466 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006467
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006468 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006469 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006470}
6471
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006472Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006473 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006474 ExprArg InputArg) {
6475 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006476
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006477 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006478 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006479 QualType resultType;
6480 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006481 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6482 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6483 break;
6484
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006485 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6486 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006487 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6488 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006489 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006490 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6491 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006492 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006493 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006494 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006495 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006496 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006497 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006498 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006499 break;
6500 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6501 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006502 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6503 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006504 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6505 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006506 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6507 break;
6508 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6509 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6510 break;
6511 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6512 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6513 resultType->isPointerType())
6514 break;
6515
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006516 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6517 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006518 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006519 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6520 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006521 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6522 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006523 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6524 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6525 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006526 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006527 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006528 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006529 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6530 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006531 break;
6532 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006533 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006534 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006535 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006536 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6537 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006538 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006539 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6540 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006541 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006542 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6543 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006544 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006545 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006546 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006547 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006548 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006549 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006550 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006551 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006552 }
6553 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006554 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006555
6556 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006557 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006558}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006559
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006560Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6561 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6562 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006563 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006564 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6565 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006566 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6567 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6568 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6569 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006570 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006571 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006572 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6573 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6574 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006575
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006576 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6577 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006578
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006579 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6580}
6581
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006582// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6583Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6584 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6585 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6586}
6587
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006588/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006589Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6590 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6591 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006592 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006593 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006594
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006595 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6596 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006597 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006598 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006599
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006600 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006601 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6602 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006603}
6604
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006605Sema::OwningExprResult
6606Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6607 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6608 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006609 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6610 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6611
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006612 bool isFileScope
6613 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006614 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006615 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006616
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006617 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6618 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6619 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006620
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006621 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6622 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6623 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006624
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006625 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6626 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6627 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6628 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6629 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006630
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006631 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006632 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006633 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006634
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006635 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6636 // expressions are not lvalues.
6637
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006638 substmt.release();
6639 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006640}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006641
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006642Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6643 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6644 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6645 TypeTy *argty,
6646 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6647 unsigned NumComponents,
6648 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6649 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6650 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006651 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6652 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006653 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006654
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006655 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6656
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006657 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6658 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6659 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006660 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006661 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006662
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006663 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6664 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006665
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006666 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6667 // the offsetof designators.
6668 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6669 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006670 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006671 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006672
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006673 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6674 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006675 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6676 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006677 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006678 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6679 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006680
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006681 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006682 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006683
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006684 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6685 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6686 return ExprError();
6687
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006688 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6689 // leaks like a sieve.
6690 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6691 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6692 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6693 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6694 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6695 if (!AT) {
6696 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006697 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6698 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006699 }
6700
6701 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6702
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006703 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6704 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006705 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006706
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006707 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6708 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006709 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006710 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006711 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006712 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006713 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006714
6715 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6716 OC.LocEnd);
6717 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006718 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006719
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006720 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006721 if (!RC) {
6722 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006723 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6724 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006725 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006726
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006727 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6728 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006729 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006730 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6731 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6732 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6733 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6734 << Res->getType()))
6735 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006736 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006737
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006738 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6739 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006740
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006741 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006742 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006743 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006744 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6745 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006746
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006747 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6748 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006749 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006750 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006751 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006752 } else {
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006753 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006754 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6755 // doesn't matter here.
6756 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6757 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6758 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006759 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006760 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006761
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006762 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6763 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006764}
6765
6766
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006767Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6768 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6769 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006770 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6771 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6772 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006773
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006774 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006775
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006776 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6777 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6778 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6779 return ExprError();
6780 }
6781
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006782 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6783 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006784}
6785
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006786Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6787 ExprArg cond,
6788 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6789 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6790 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6791 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6792 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006793
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006794 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6795
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006796 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006797 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006798 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006799 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006800 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006801 } else {
6802 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6803 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6804 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6805 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006806 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6807 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6808 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006809
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006810 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6811 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006812 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6813 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006814 }
6815
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006816 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6817 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006818 resType, RPLoc,
6819 resType->isDependentType(),
6820 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006821}
6822
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006823//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6824// Clang Extensions.
6825//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6826
6827/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006828void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006829 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6830 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6831 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6832 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006833}
6834
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006835void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006836 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006837 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006838
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006839 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6840 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006841 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006842 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6843
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006844 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6845 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6846 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6847 return;
6848 }
6849
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006850 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6851 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006852 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0, false,
6853 CC_Default);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006854
6855 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6856 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006857 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006858 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006859 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006860 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006861 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6862 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006863 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006864
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006865 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6866 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6867 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6868 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6869 return;
6870 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006871
6872 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006873 return;
6874 }
6875
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006876 // Analyze arguments to block.
6877 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6878 "Not a function declarator!");
6879 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006880
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006881 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6882 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006883
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006884 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6885 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6886 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6887 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006888 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6889 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006890 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006891 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006892 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006893 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6894 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6895 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6896 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6897 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6898 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6899 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6900 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6901 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006902 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006903 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006904 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006905 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006906 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006907 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006908
6909 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6910 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6911
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006912 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006913 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6914 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6915
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006916 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006917 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6918 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6919 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6920
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006921 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006922 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006923 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006924
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006925 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006926 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006927 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006928 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006929 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006930 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6931 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006932
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006933 // Analyze the return type.
6934 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006935 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006936
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006937 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6938 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6939 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6940 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6941 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006942 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006943}
6944
6945/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6946/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6947void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006948 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006949 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006950 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006951 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006952}
6953
6954/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6955/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006956Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6957 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006958 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6959 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6960 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006961
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006962 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006963
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006964 PopDeclContext();
6965
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006966 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006967 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6968 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006969
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006970 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6971 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6972 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006973
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006974 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006975 QualType BlockTy;
6976 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006977 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006978 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006979 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006980 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006981 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006982 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006983
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006984 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006985 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006986 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006987
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006988 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006989 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006990 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006991
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006992 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006993
6994 bool Good = true;
6995 // Check goto/label use.
6996 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6997 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6998 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6999
7000 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
7001 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
7002 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
7003 continue;
7004
7005 // Emit error.
7006 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
7007 Good = false;
7008 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007009 if (!Good) {
7010 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00007011 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007012 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007013
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007014 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00007015 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
7016 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7017 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007018
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007019 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
7020 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007021 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007022 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007023}
7024
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007025Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7026 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
7027 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00007028 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007029 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
7030 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007031
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007032 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007033
7034 // Get the va_list type
7035 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007036 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7037 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7038 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7039 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007040 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007041 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7042 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7043 } else {
7044 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7045 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007046 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007047 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007048 return ExprError();
7049 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007050
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007051 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7052 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007053 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7054 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007055 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007056 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007057
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007058 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007059 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007060
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007061 expr.release();
7062 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7063 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007064}
7065
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007066Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007067 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7068 // pointers on the target.
7069 QualType Ty;
7070 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7071 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7072 else
7073 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7074
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007075 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007076}
7077
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007078static void
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007079MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
7080 QualType DstType,
7081 Expr *SrcExpr,
7082 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
7083 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7084 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007085
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007086 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7087 if (!PT)
7088 return;
7089
7090 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7091 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7092 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7093 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7094 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7095 return;
7096 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007097
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007098 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7099 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7100 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7101 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007102
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007103 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
7104}
7105
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007106bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7107 SourceLocation Loc,
7108 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007109 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007110 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7111 bool isInvalid = false;
7112 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007113 CodeModificationHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007114
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007115 switch (ConvTy) {
7116 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7117 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007118 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007119 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7120 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007121 case IntToPointer:
7122 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7123 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007124 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007125 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007126 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7127 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007128 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7129 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7130 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007131 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7132 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7133 break;
7134 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007135 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7136 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7137 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7138 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7139 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7140 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7141 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7142 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7143 // C++ semantics.
7144 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7145 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7146 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007147 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7148 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007149 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007150 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007151 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007152 case IntToBlockPointer:
7153 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7154 break;
7155 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007156 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007157 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007158 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007159 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007160 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7161 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7162 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007163 case IncompatibleVectors:
7164 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7165 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007166 case Incompatible:
7167 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7168 isInvalid = true;
7169 break;
7170 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007171
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007172 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007173 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007174 return isInvalid;
7175}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007176
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007177bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007178 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7179 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7180 if (Result)
7181 *Result = ICEResult;
7182 return false;
7183 }
7184
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007185 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7186
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007187 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007188 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7189 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7190
7191 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7192 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7193 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7194 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7195 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7196 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7197 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007198
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007199 return true;
7200 }
7201
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007202 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7203 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007204
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007205 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7206 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7207 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007208
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007209 if (Result)
7210 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7211 return false;
7212}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007213
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007214void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007215Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007216 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7217 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007218}
7219
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007220void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007221Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7222 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7223 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7224 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007225
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007226 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7227 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7228 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7229 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7230 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007231 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007232 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7233 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7234 I != IEnd; ++I)
7235 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7236 }
7237
7238 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7239 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7240 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7241 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7242 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7243 I != IEnd; ++I)
7244 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7245 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007246 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007247
7248 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7249 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7250 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7251 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007252 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007253 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7254 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7255 ExprTemporaries.end());
7256
7257 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7258 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007259}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007260
7261/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7262///
7263/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7264/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7265/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7266/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7267///
7268/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7269///
7270/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7271void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7272 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007273
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007274 if (D->isUsed())
7275 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007276
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007277 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7278 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7279 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7280 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007281 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007282 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007283 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007284
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007285 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7286 // an instantiation.
7287 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7288 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007289
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007290 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007291 case Unevaluated:
7292 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7293 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007294
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007295 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7296 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7297 // "used"; handle this below.
7298 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007299
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007300 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7301 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7302 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7303 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007304 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007305 return;
7306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007307
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007308 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007309 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007310 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007311 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7312 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7313 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007314 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007315 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007316 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7317 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7318 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007319
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007320 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007321 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7322 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7323 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007324
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007325 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7326 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7327 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7328 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7329 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7330 }
7331 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007332 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007333 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007334 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007335 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007336 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7337 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7338 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7339 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7340 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007341 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007342 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007343 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007344 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007345 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7346 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7347 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007348 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007349 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007350 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7351 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007352
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007353 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7354 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7355 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7356 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7357 Loc));
7358 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007359 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007360 Loc));
7361 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007362 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007363
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007364 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007365 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007366
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007367 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007369
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007370 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007371 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007372 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007373 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7374 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7375 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7376 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7377 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7378 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7379 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7380 }
7381 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007382
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007383 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007384
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007385 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007386 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007387 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007388}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007389
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007390/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7391/// of the program being compiled.
7392///
7393/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007394/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007395/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7396/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7397/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7398/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007399/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007400/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007401///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007402/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7403/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7404/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7405/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007406bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007407 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7408 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7409 case Unevaluated:
7410 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7411 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007412
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007413 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7414 Diag(Loc, PD);
7415 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007416
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007417 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7418 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7419 break;
7420 }
7421
7422 return false;
7423}
7424
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007425bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7426 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7427 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7428 return false;
7429
7430 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7431 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7432 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7433 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007434
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007435 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007436 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007437 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7438 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007439 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007440 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7441 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7442 return true;
7443
7444 return false;
7445}
7446
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007447// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7448// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7449void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7450 SourceLocation Loc;
7451
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007452 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7453
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007454 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7455 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7456 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7457 return;
7458
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007459 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7460 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7461 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7462 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7463
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007464 // self = [<foo> init...]
7465 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7466 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7467 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7468
7469 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7470 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7471 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7472 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7473 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007474
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007475 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7476 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7477 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7478 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7479 return;
7480
7481 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7482 } else {
7483 // Not an assignment.
7484 return;
7485 }
7486
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007487 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007488 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007489
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007490 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007491 << E->getSourceRange()
7492 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7493 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007494 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
7495 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007496}
7497
7498bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7499 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7500
7501 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007502 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007503
7504 QualType T = E->getType();
7505
7506 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7507 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7508 return true;
7509 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7511 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7512 return true;
7513 }
7514 }
7515
7516 return false;
7517}